blob: 2f16e49ad579aa8f80420b9d19543bee12537f12 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreau11f8f542010-01-08 07:49:44 +01007 2010/01/08
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100505. Server and default-server options
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100105to one and only one response. Traditionally, a TCP connection is established
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100159 number
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100205
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100257 number
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100344preceded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100351Some parameters involve values representing time, such as timeouts. These
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200386 - node
387 - description
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100388
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200389 * Performance tuning
390 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100391 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200392 - noepoll
393 - nokqueue
394 - nopoll
395 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100396 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200397 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200398 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100399 - tune.maxaccept
400 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200401 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100402
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200403 * Debugging
404 - debug
405 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200406
407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004083.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200409------------------------------------
410
411chroot <jail dir>
412 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
413 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
414 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
415 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
416 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
417 empty and unwritable to anyone.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100418
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200419daemon
420 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
421 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
422 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
423
424gid <number>
425 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
426 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
427 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
428 See also "group" and "uid".
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100429
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200430group <group name>
431 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
432 See also "gid" and "user".
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100433
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200434log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
436 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100437 configured with "log global".
438
439 <address> can be one of:
440
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100441 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100442 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
443 port).
444
445 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
446 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
447 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
448 writeable).
449
450 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200451
452 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
453 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
454 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
455
456 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200457 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
458 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
459 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
460 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
461 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
462 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200463
464 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
465
466nbproc <number>
467 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
468 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
469 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
470 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
471 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
472
473pidfile <pidfile>
474 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
475 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
476 starting the process. See also "daemon".
477
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200479 [level <level>]
480
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200481 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
482 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100483 will return various statistics outputs and even allow some commands to be
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200484 issued. Please consult section 9.2 "Unix Socket commands" for more details.
485
486 An optional "level" parameter can be specified to restrict the nature of
487 the commands that can be issued on the socket :
488 - "user" is the least privileged level ; only non-sensitive stats can be
489 read, and no change is allowed. It would make sense on systems where it
490 is not easy to restrict access to the socket.
491
492 - "operator" is the default level and fits most common uses. All data can
493 be read, and only non-sensible changes are permitted (eg: clear max
494 counters).
495
496 - "admin" should be used with care, as everything is permitted (eg: clear
497 all counters).
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100498
499 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
500 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
501 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
502 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
503 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
504 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
505 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200506
507stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
508 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
509 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100510 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200511
512stats maxconn <connections>
513 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
514 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
515
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200516uid <number>
517 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
518 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
519 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
520 one. See also "gid" and "user".
521
522ulimit-n <number>
523 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
524 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
525 option.
526
527user <user name>
528 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
529 See also "uid" and "group".
530
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200531node <name>
532 Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names.
533
534 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
535 servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
536 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
537 traffic.
538
539description <text>
540 Add a text that describes the instance.
541
542 Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example)
543 and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using
544 "<" and ">" characters.
545
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200546
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005473.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200548-----------------------
549
550maxconn <number>
551 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
552 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
553 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
554 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
555
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100556maxpipes <number>
557 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
558 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
559 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
560 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
561 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
562 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
563
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200564noepoll
565 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
566 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
567 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
568
569nokqueue
570 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
571 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
572 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
573
574nopoll
575 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
576 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100577 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200578 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
579 "nokqueue".
580
581nosepoll
582 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
583 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
584 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
585
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100586nosplice
587 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
588 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
589 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100590 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most versions between
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100591 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
592 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
593 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
594 "option splice-response".
595
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200596spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
597 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
598 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
599 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
600 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
601 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
602
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200603tune.bufsize <number>
604 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
605 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
606 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
607 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
608 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
609 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
610 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
611 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
612
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100613tune.maxaccept <number>
614 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
615 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
616 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100617 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100618 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
619 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100620 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100621 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
622
623tune.maxpollevents <number>
624 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
625 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
626 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
627 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
628 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
629
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200630tune.maxrewrite <number>
631 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
632 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
633 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
634 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
635 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
636 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
637 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
638 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
639 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
640 bufsize.
641
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200642
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006433.3. Debugging
644--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200645
646debug
647 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
648 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
649 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
650 system startup.
651
652quiet
653 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
654 line argument "-q".
655
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200656
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006574. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200658----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100659
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200660Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
661 - defaults <name>
662 - frontend <name>
663 - backend <name>
664 - listen <name>
665
666A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
667its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
668section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100669section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200670
671A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
672connections.
673
674A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
675to forward incoming connections.
676
677A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
678parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
679
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100680All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
681'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
682case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
683
684Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
685logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
686proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
687However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
688name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
689
690Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
691and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100692bidirectional traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100693protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
694modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
695arbitrary criteria.
696
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100697
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006984.1. Proxy keywords matrix
699--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100700
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200701The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
702limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
703they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
704limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200705listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200706option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200707and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
708with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
709specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100710
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711
712keyword defaults frontend listen backend
713----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100714acl - X X X
715appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100716backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100717balance X - X X
718bind - X X -
719bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200720block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100721capture cookie - X X -
722capture request header - X X -
723capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100724clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100725contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200726cookie X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100727default-server X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200728default_backend - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200729description - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100730disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200731dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100732enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200733errorfile X X X X
734errorloc X X X X
735errorloc302 X X X X
736errorloc303 X X X X
737fullconn X - X X
738grace - X X X
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200739hash-type X - X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100740http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200741id - X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200742log X X X X
743maxconn X X X -
744mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100745monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200746monitor-net X X X -
747monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100748[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200749[no] option accept-invalid-
750 http-request X X X -
751[no] option accept-invalid-
752 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100753[no] option allbackups X - X X
754[no] option checkcache X - X X
755[no] option clitcpka X X X -
756[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200757[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100758[no] option dontlognull X X X -
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +0100759[no] option forceclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200760option forwardfor X X X X
761option httpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +0100762[no] option http-server-
763 close X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100764[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200765option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200766[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200767[no] option independant-
768 streams X X X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200769[no] option log-health- X - X X
770 checks
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200771[no] option log-separate-
772 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100773[no] option logasap X X X -
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +0100774option mysql-check X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100775[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200776option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100777[no] option persist X - X X
778[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200779option smtpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200780[no] option socket-stats X X X -
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100781[no] option splice-auto X X X X
782[no] option splice-request X X X X
783[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100784[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200785option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200786[no] option tcp-smart-
787 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau39bb9be2009-10-17 16:04:09 +0200788[no] option tcp-smart-
789 connect X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200790option tcpka X X X X
791option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100792[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200793persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100794rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200795redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100796redisp X - X X (deprecated)
797redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200798reqadd - X X X
799reqallow - X X X
800reqdel - X X X
801reqdeny - X X X
802reqiallow - X X X
803reqidel - X X X
804reqideny - X X X
805reqipass - X X X
806reqirep - X X X
807reqisetbe - X X X
808reqitarpit - X X X
809reqpass - X X X
810reqrep - X X X
811reqsetbe - X X X
812reqtarpit - X X X
813retries X - X X
814rspadd - X X X
815rspdel - X X X
816rspdeny - X X X
817rspidel - X X X
818rspideny - X X X
819rspirep - X X X
820rsprep - X X X
821server - - X X
822source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100823srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200824stats auth X - X X
825stats enable X - X X
826stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200827stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200828stats scope X - X X
829stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200830stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200831tcp-request content accept - X X -
832tcp-request content reject - X X -
833tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100834timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100835timeout client X X X -
836timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
837timeout connect X - X X
838timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +0100839timeout http-keep-alive X X X X
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200840timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100841timeout queue X - X X
842timeout server X - X X
843timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100844timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100845transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200846use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200847----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
848keyword defaults frontend listen backend
849
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100850
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008514.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
852---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100853
854This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
855
856
857acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
858 Declare or complete an access list.
859 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
860 no | yes | yes | yes
861 Example:
862 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
863 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
864 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
865
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200866 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100867
868
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100869appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
870 [request-learn] [prefix] [mode <path-parameters|query-string>]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100871 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
872 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
873 no | no | yes | yes
874 Arguments :
875 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
876 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
877
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100878 <length> this is the max number of characters that will be memorized and
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100879 checked in each cookie value.
880
881 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
882 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
883 milliseconds.
884
Cyril Bontébf47aeb2009-10-15 00:15:40 +0200885 request-learn
886 If this option is specified, then haproxy will be able to learn
887 the cookie found in the request in case the server does not
888 specify any in response. This is typically what happens with
889 PHPSESSID cookies, or when haproxy's session expires before
890 the application's session and the correct server is selected.
891 It is recommended to specify this option to improve reliability.
892
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100893 prefix When this option is specified, haproxy will match on the cookie
894 prefix (or URL parameter prefix). The appsession value is the
895 data following this prefix.
896
897 Example :
898 appsession ASPSESSIONID len 64 timeout 3h prefix
899
900 This will match the cookie ASPSESSIONIDXXXX=XXXXX,
901 the appsession value will be XXXX=XXXXX.
902
903 mode This option allows to change the URL parser mode.
904 2 modes are currently supported :
905 - path-parameters :
906 The parser looks for the appsession in the path parameters
907 part (each parameter is separated by a semi-colon), which is
908 convenient for JSESSIONID for example.
909 This is the default mode if the option is not set.
910 - query-string :
911 In this mode, the parser will look for the appsession in the
912 query string.
913
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100914 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
915 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
916 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
917 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100918 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter (depending on
919 the mode used). If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the
920 server associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100921 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
922 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
923
924 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
925
926 Example :
927 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
928
929 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
930
931
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100932backlog <conns>
933 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
934 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
935 yes | yes | yes | no
936 Arguments :
937 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
938 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
939 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
940
941 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
942 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
943 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
944 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
945 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
946 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
947 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
948 backlog parameter.
949
950 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
951 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
952 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
953
954 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
955
956
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100957balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200958balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100959 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
960 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
961 yes | no | yes | yes
962 Arguments :
963 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
964 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
965 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
966 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
967
968 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
969 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
970 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
971 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
Willy Tarreau9757a382009-10-03 12:56:50 +0200972 on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by
973 design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some
974 large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down
975 for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds
976 requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start
977 receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is
978 indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe
979 it, so that you don't worry.
980
981 static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
982 This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is
983 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
984 fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design
985 limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes
986 up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once
987 the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to
988 run (around -1%).
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100989
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100990 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
991 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
992 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
993 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
994 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
995 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
996 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
997 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
998
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100999 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
1000 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
1001 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
1002 address will always reach the same server as long as no
1003 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
1004 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
1005 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
1006 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001007 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickiness
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001008 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001009 static by default, which means that changing a server's
1010 weight on the fly will have no effect, but this can be
1011 changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001012
1013 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
1014 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
1015 result designates which server will receive the request. This
1016 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
1017 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
1018 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
1019 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001020 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static by default,
1021 which means that changing a server's weight on the fly will
1022 have no effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001023
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001024 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
1025 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
1026 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
1027 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
1028 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
1029 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
1030 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
1031 URIs start with a leading "/".
1032
1033 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
1034 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
1035 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
1036 evaluation stops when either is reached.
1037
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001038 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001039 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
1040
1041 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
1042 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
1043 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
1044 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
1045 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
1046 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
1047 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
1048 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
1049 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
1050 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
1051 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
1052 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
1053 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
1054 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
1055 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
1056 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
1057 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
1058 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
1059 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
1060 be randomly balanced if at all.
1061
1062 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
1063 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
1064 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
1065 server will receive the request.
1066
1067 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
1068 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
1069 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
1070 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
1071 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001072 backend. This algorithm is static by default, which means
1073 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
1074 effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001075
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001076 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
1077 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
1078 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001079 absent or if it does not contain any value, the roundrobin
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001080 algorithm is applied instead.
1081
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001082 An optional 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001083 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
1084 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
1085 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
1086
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001087 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1088 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1089 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1090
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001091 rdp-cookie
1092 rdp-cookie(name)
1093 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1094 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1095 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1096 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1097 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1098 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001099 cookie is not found, the normal roundrobin algorithm is
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001100 used instead.
1101
1102 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1103 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1104 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1105 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1106
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001107 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1108 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1109 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1110
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001111 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001112 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1113 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001114
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001115 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001116 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001117
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001118 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1119 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1120 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001121
1122 Examples :
1123 balance roundrobin
1124 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001125 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001126 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1127 balance hdr(host)
1128 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001129
1130 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1131 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1132
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001133 - all POST requests are eligible for consideration, because there is no way
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001134 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1135 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1136 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1137 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1138
1139 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1140 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1141 defaults to 16 kB.
1142
1143 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1144 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1145
1146 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1147 Round Robin.
1148
1149 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1150 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1151 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1152 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1153
1154 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1155
1156 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001157 contents of a message body. Scanning normally terminates when linear
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001158 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1159 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1160 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001161
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001162 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent", "hash-type" and
1163 "http_proxy".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001164
1165
1166bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001167bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001168bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001169bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001170bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] id <id>
1171bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] name <name>
Willy Tarreau53319c92009-11-28 08:21:29 +01001172bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] defer-accept
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001173 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1174 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1175 no | yes | yes | no
1176 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001177 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1178 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1179 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1180 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1181 special address "0.0.0.0".
1182
1183 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1184 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1185 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001186
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001187 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1188 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1189 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1190 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1191 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1192 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1193 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1194 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1195 privileges.
1196
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001197 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1198 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1199 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1200 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1201 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1202 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1203 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1204 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1205
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001206 <id> is a persistent value for socket ID. Must be positive and
1207 unique in the proxy. An unused value will automatically be
1208 assigned if unset. Can only be used when defining only a
1209 single socket.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001210
1211 <name> is an optional name provided for stats
1212
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001213 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1214 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1215 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001216 targeting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001217 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1218 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1219 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1220 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1221 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001222
Willy Tarreaucb6cd432009-10-13 07:34:14 +02001223 defer_accept is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1224 Linux kernels. It states that a connection will only be
1225 accepted once some data arrive on it, or at worst after the
1226 first retransmit. This should be used only on protocols for
1227 which the client talks first (eg: HTTP). It can slightly
1228 improve performance by ensuring that most of the request is
1229 already available when the connection is accepted. On the
1230 other hand, it will not be able to detect connections which
1231 don't talk. It is important to note that this option is
1232 broken in all kernels up to 2.6.31, as the connection is
1233 never accepted until the client talks. This can cause issues
1234 with front firewalls which would see an established
1235 connection while the proxy will only see it in SYN_RECV.
1236
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001237 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1238 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1239 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1240 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1241 in a frontend.
1242
1243 Example :
1244 listen http_proxy
1245 bind :80,:443
1246 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1247
1248 See also : "source".
1249
1250
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001251bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1252 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1253 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1254 yes | yes | yes | yes
1255 Arguments :
1256 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1257 may be used to override a default value.
1258
1259 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1260 option may be combined with other numbers.
1261
1262 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1263 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1264 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1265 missing from all processes.
1266
1267 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1268 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1269 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1270 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1271
1272 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1273 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1274 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1275 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1276 and 'even' instances.
1277
1278 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1279 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1280 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1281 32.
1282
1283 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1284 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1285
1286 Example :
1287 listen app_ip1
1288 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1289 bind_process odd
1290
1291 listen app_ip2
1292 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1293 bind_process even
1294
1295 listen management
1296 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1297 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1298
1299 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1300
1301
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001302block { if | unless } <condition>
1303 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1304 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1305 no | yes | yes | yes
1306
1307 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1308 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001309 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001310 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1311 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1312 "block" statements per instance.
1313
1314 Example:
1315 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1316 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1317 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1318 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1319
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001320 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001321
1322
1323capture cookie <name> len <length>
1324 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1325 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1326 no | yes | yes | no
1327 Arguments :
1328 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1329 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1330 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1331 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1332 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1333
1334 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1335 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1336 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1337 right if it exceeds <length>.
1338
1339 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1340 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1341 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1342 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1343
1344 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1345 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1346 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1347
1348 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1349 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1350 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1351 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001352 configured in the sources by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001353 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1354
1355 Example:
1356 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1357
1358 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001359 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001360
1361
1362capture request header <name> len <length>
1363 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1364 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1365 no | yes | yes | no
1366 Arguments :
1367 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001368 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001369 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1370 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1371 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1372
1373 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1374 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1375 it exceeds <length>.
1376
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001377 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001378 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1379 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001380 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1381 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1382 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1383 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001384 differentiate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001385 environments to find where the request came from.
1386
1387 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1388 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1389 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1390 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001391
1392 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1393 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1394 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1395 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1396
1397 Example:
1398 capture request header Host len 15
1399 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1400 capture request header Referrer len 15
1401
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001402 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001403 about logging.
1404
1405
1406capture response header <name> len <length>
1407 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1408 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1409 no | yes | yes | no
1410 Arguments :
1411 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001412 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001413 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1414 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1415 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1416
1417 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1418 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1419 it exceeds <length>.
1420
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001421 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001422 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1423 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1424 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001425 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1426 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1427 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1428 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001429
1430 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1431 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1432 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1433 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1434
1435 Example:
1436 capture response header Content-length len 9
1437 capture response header Location len 15
1438
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001439 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001440 about logging.
1441
1442
1443clitimeout <timeout>
1444 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1445 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1446 yes | yes | yes | no
1447 Arguments :
1448 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1449 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1450 as explained at the top of this document.
1451
1452 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1453 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1454 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1455 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1456 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1457 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1458 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1459 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001460 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001461 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1462 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1463
1464 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1465 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1466 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1467 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1468 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1469 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1470
1471 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1472 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1473
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001474 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1475 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001476
1477
1478contimeout <timeout>
1479 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1480 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1481 yes | no | yes | yes
1482 Arguments :
1483 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1484 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1485 as explained at the top of this document.
1486
1487 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001488 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01001489 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001490 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1491 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1492 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1493 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1494
1495 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1496 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1497 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1498 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1499 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1500 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1501
1502 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1503 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1504 instead.
1505
1506 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1507 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1508
1509
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001510cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001511 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]*
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001512 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1513 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1514 yes | no | yes | yes
1515 Arguments :
1516 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1517 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1518 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1519 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1520 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1521 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1522 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1523 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1524 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1525
1526 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1527 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1528 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1529 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1530 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1531 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1532 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1533 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1534 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1535 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1536 "insert" and "prefix".
1537
1538 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1539 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1540 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1541 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1542 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1543 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1544 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1545 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1546 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1547
1548 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1549 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1550 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1551 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1552 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1553 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1554 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1555 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1556 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1557 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1558 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1559
1560 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1561 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1562 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1563 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1564 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1565 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1566 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1567 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1568 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1569 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1570
1571 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1572 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1573 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1574 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1575 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1576 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1577 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1578 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1579 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1580
1581 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1582 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1583 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1584 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1585 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1586 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1587 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1588 persistence cookie in the cache.
1589 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1590
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001591 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001592 inserted. It requires exactly one parameter: a valid domain
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001593 name. If the domain begins with a dot, the browser is allowed to
1594 use it for any host ending with that name. It is also possible to
1595 specify several domain names by invoking this option multiple
1596 times. Some browsers might have small limits on the number of
1597 domains, so be careful when doing that. For the record, sending
1598 10 domains to MSIE 6 or Firefox 2 works as expected.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001599
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001600 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1601 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1602 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1603 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001604
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001605 Examples :
1606 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1607 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1608 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1609
1610 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1611
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001612
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001613default-server [param*]
1614 Change default options for a server in a backend
1615 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1616 yes | no | yes | yes
1617 Arguments:
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001618 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "default-server"
1619 keyword accepts an important number of options and has a complete
1620 section dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more
1621 details.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001622
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001623 Example :
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001624 default-server inter 1000 weight 13
1625
1626 See also: "server" and section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001627
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001628
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001629default_backend <backend>
1630 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1631 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1632 yes | yes | yes | no
1633 Arguments :
1634 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1635
1636 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1637 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1638 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1639 will catch all undetermined requests.
1640
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001641 Example :
1642
1643 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1644 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1645 default_backend dynamic
1646
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001647 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1648
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001649
1650disabled
1651 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1652 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1653 yes | yes | yes | yes
1654 Arguments : none
1655
1656 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1657 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1658 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1659 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1660 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1661 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1662 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1663
1664 See also : "enabled"
1665
1666
1667enabled
1668 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1669 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1670 yes | yes | yes | yes
1671 Arguments : none
1672
1673 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1674 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1675
1676 See also : "disabled"
1677
1678
1679errorfile <code> <file>
1680 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1681 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1682 yes | yes | yes | yes
1683 Arguments :
1684 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1685 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1686
1687 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001688 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001689 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001690 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1691 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001692
1693 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1694 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1695 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1696
1697 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1698 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1699 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1700 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1701
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001702 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1703 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1704 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1705 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1706 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1707 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1708
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001709 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1710 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1711 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001712 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001713 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1714
1715 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1716
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001717 Example :
1718 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1719 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1720 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1721
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001722
1723errorloc <code> <url>
1724errorloc302 <code> <url>
1725 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1726 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1727 yes | yes | yes | yes
1728 Arguments :
1729 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1730 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1731
1732 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1733 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1734 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1735 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1736 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1737
1738 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1739 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1740 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1741
1742 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1743 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1744 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1745 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1746 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1747 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1748 request.
1749
1750 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1751
1752
1753errorloc303 <code> <url>
1754 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1755 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1756 yes | yes | yes | yes
1757 Arguments :
1758 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1759 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1760
1761 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1762 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1763 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1764 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1765 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1766
1767 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1768 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1769 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1770
1771 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1772 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1773 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1774 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001775 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001776
1777 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1778
1779
1780fullconn <conns>
1781 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1782 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1783 yes | no | yes | yes
1784 Arguments :
1785 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1786 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1787
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001788 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001789 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001790 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001791 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1792 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1793 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1794 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1795 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001796 exceptional loads.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001797
1798 Example :
1799 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1800 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1801 # connections.
1802 backend dynamic
1803 fullconn 10000
1804 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1805 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1806
1807 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1808
1809
1810grace <time>
1811 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1812 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1813 no | yes | yes | yes
1814 Arguments :
1815 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1816 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1817 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1818
1819 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1820 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001821 external equipment fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001822 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1823
1824 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1825 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1826 simplify it.
1827
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001828
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001829hash-type <method>
1830 Specify a method to use for mapping hashes to servers
1831 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1832 yes | no | yes | yes
1833 Arguments :
1834 map-based the hash table is a static array containing all alive servers.
1835 The hashes will be very smooth, will consider weights, but will
1836 be static in that weight changes while a server is up will be
1837 ignored. This means that there will be no slow start. Also,
1838 since a server is selected by its position in the array, most
1839 mappings are changed when the server count changes. This means
1840 that when a server goes up or down, or when a server is added
1841 to a farm, most connections will be redistributed to different
1842 servers. This can be inconvenient with caches for instance.
1843
1844 consistent the hash table is a tree filled with many occurrences of each
1845 server. The hash key is looked up in the tree and the closest
1846 server is chosen. This hash is dynamic, it supports changing
1847 weights while the servers are up, so it is compatible with the
1848 slow start feature. It has the advantage that when a server
1849 goes up or down, only its associations are moved. When a server
1850 is added to the farm, only a few part of the mappings are
1851 redistributed, making it an ideal algorithm for caches.
1852 However, due to its principle, the algorithm will never be very
1853 smooth and it may sometimes be necessary to adjust a server's
1854 weight or its ID to get a more balanced distribution. In order
1855 to get the same distribution on multiple load balancers, it is
1856 important that all servers have the same IDs.
1857
1858 The default hash type is "map-based" and is recommended for most usages.
1859
1860 See also : "balance", "server"
1861
1862
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001863http-check disable-on-404
1864 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1865 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001866 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001867 Arguments : none
1868
1869 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1870 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1871 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1872 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1873 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1874 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1875 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1876 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1877 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1878
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001879 See also : "option httpchk"
1880
1881
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001882id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001883 Set a persistent ID to a proxy.
1884 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1885 no | yes | yes | yes
1886 Arguments : none
1887
1888 Set a persistent ID for the proxy. This ID must be unique and positive.
1889 An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first assigned
1890 value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001891
1892
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001893log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001894log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001895 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1896 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1897 yes | yes | yes | yes
1898 Arguments :
1899 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1900 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1901 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1902 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1903 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1904 parameter.
1905
1906 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1907 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1908
1909 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1910 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1911 standard syslog port).
1912
1913 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1914 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1915 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1916 appropriately writeable).
1917
1918 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1919
1920 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1921 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1922 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1923
1924 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1925 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1926 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001927 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1928 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1929 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1930 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1931 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001932
1933 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1934
1935 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1936 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1937 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1938
1939 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001940 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1941 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1942 "info".
1943
1944 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1945 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1946 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1947 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1948
1949 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1950 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001951
1952 Example :
1953 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001954 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1955 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001956
1957
1958maxconn <conns>
1959 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1960 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1961 yes | yes | yes | no
1962 Arguments :
1963 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1964 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1965 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1966 closes.
1967
1968 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1969 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1970 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1971 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1972 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1973 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1974 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1975 properly tuned.
1976
1977 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1978 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1979 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1980
1981 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1982
1983
1984mode { tcp|http|health }
1985 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1986 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1987 yes | yes | yes | yes
1988 Arguments :
1989 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1990 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1991 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1992 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1993
1994 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1995 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1996 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1997 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1998 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1999
2000 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
2001 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
2002 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
2003 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
2004 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
2005 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
2006
2007 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
2008 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
2009 will be refused.
2010
2011 Example :
2012 defaults http_instances
2013 mode http
2014
2015 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
2016
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002017
2018monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002019 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002020 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2021 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002022 Arguments :
2023 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
2024 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002025 combined test which must induce a failure if all conditions
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002026 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
2027 backend and its backup.
2028
2029 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
2030 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
2031 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
2032 servers in a list of backends.
2033
2034 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
2035 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
2036 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
2037 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
2038 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
2039 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
2040 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002041 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002042
2043 Example:
2044 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002045 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002046 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
2047 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
2048 monitor-uri /site_alive
2049 monitor fail if site_dead
2050
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002051 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
2052
2053
2054monitor-net <source>
2055 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
2056 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2057 yes | yes | yes | no
2058 Arguments :
2059 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
2060 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
2061 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
2062 followed by a mask.
2063
2064 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
2065 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002066 equipment to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002067 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
2068
2069 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
2070 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
2071 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
2072 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
2073 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
2074
2075 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2076 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2077 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2078 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
2079 requests caught by "monitor-net".
2080
2081 Example :
2082 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
2083 frontend www
2084 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
2085
2086 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
2087
2088
2089monitor-uri <uri>
2090 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
2091 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2092 yes | yes | yes | no
2093 Arguments :
2094 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
2095 health status instead of forwarding the request.
2096
2097 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
2098 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
2099 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
2100 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
2101 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
2102 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
2103 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
2104 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
2105
2106 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2107 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2108 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2109 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
2110 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
2111 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
2112
2113 Example :
2114 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
2115 frontend www
2116 mode http
2117 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
2118
2119 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
2120
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002121
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002122option abortonclose
2123no option abortonclose
2124 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
2125 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2126 yes | no | yes | yes
2127 Arguments : none
2128
2129 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
2130 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
2131 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
2132 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002133 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002134 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
2135 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
2136 encountered while delivering the response.
2137
2138 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
2139 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
2140 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
2141 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
2142 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
2143 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002144 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002145 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002146 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002147 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
2148 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
2149 still not served and not pollute the servers.
2150
2151 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
2152 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
2153 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
2154 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
2155 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
2156 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
2157 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
2158 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002159 reduces the response time for other users.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002160
2161 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2162 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2163
2164 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
2165
2166
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02002167option accept-invalid-http-request
2168no option accept-invalid-http-request
2169 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
2170 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2171 yes | yes | yes | no
2172 Arguments : none
2173
2174 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2175 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2176 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2177 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2178 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2179 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2180 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2181 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2182 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2183
2184 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2185 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2186 been confirmed.
2187
2188 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2189 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2190 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2191 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2192
2193 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2194 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2195
2196 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2197 stats socket.
2198
2199
2200option accept-invalid-http-response
2201no option accept-invalid-http-response
2202 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2203 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2204 yes | no | yes | yes
2205 Arguments : none
2206
2207 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2208 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2209 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2210 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2211 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2212 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2213 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2214 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2215 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2216
2217 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2218 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2219 been confirmed.
2220
2221 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2222 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2223 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2224 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2225
2226 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2227 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2228
2229 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2230 stats socket.
2231
2232
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002233option allbackups
2234no option allbackups
2235 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2236 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2237 yes | no | yes | yes
2238 Arguments : none
2239
2240 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2241 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2242 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2243 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2244 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2245 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2246 order between the backup servers anymore.
2247
2248 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2249 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2250
2251 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2252 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2253
2254
2255option checkcache
2256no option checkcache
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002257 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cacheable cookies
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002258 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2259 yes | no | yes | yes
2260 Arguments : none
2261
2262 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2263 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002264 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cacheable object, there is a
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002265 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2266 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2267 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2268
2269 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002270 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cacheability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002271 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002272 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2273 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002274 to the client are :
2275 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002276 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002277 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002278 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2279 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2280 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2281 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2282 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2283 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2284 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2285 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2286 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2287 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2288 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2289
2290 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002291 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002292 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002293 during headers processing. Additionally, an alert will be sent in the logs so
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002294 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2295
2296 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2297 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002298 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002299 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2300
2301 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2302 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2303
2304
2305option clitcpka
2306no option clitcpka
2307 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2308 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2309 yes | yes | yes | no
2310 Arguments : none
2311
2312 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2313 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2314 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2315 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2316
2317 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2318 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2319 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2320 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2321
2322 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2323 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2324 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2325 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2326 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2327
2328 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2329
2330 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2331 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2332 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2333
2334 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2335 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2336
2337 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2338
2339
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002340option contstats
2341 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2342 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2343 yes | yes | yes | no
2344 Arguments : none
2345
2346 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2347 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2348 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2349 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2350 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2351 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2352 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2353
2354
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002355option dontlog-normal
2356no option dontlog-normal
2357 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2358 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2359 yes | yes | yes | no
2360 Arguments : none
2361
2362 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2363 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2364 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2365 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2366 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2367 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2368 logged.
2369
2370 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2371 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2372 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2373
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002374 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002375 logging.
2376
2377
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002378option dontlognull
2379no option dontlognull
2380 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2381 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2382 yes | yes | yes | no
2383 Arguments : none
2384
2385 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2386 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2387 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2388 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2389 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2390 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2391 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2392
2393 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2394 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2395 would not be logged.
2396
2397 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2398 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2399
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002400 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002401
2402
2403option forceclose
2404no option forceclose
2405 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2406 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +01002407 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002408 Arguments : none
2409
2410 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2411 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2412 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2413 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2414 global session times in the logs.
2415
2416 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
Willy Tarreau82eeaf22009-12-29 12:09:05 +01002417 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server has finished
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002418 to respond. This option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option. Note that
2419 this option also enables the parsing of the full request and response, which
2420 means we can close the connection to the server very quickly, releasing some
2421 resources earlier than with httpclose.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002422
2423 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2424 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2425
2426 See also : "option httpclose"
2427
2428
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002429option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002430 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2431 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2432 yes | yes | yes | yes
2433 Arguments :
2434 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2435 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002436 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002437 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002438
2439 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2440 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2441 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2442 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2443 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2444 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2445 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002446 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2447 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2448 possible that the client has already brought one.
2449
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002450 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002451 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002452 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2453 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002454 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2455 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002456
2457 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2458 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2459 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2460 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2461 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2462 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2463 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2464
2465 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002466 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2467 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2468 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002469
2470 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2471 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2472 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2473 when using this option.
2474
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002475 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002476 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2477 frontend www
2478 mode http
2479 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2480
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002481 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2482 backend www
2483 mode http
2484 option forwardfor header X-Client
2485
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002486 See also : "option httpclose"
2487
2488
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002489option httpchk
2490option httpchk <uri>
2491option httpchk <method> <uri>
2492option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2493 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2494 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2495 yes | no | yes | yes
2496 Arguments :
2497 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2498 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2499 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2500 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2501 ones.
2502
2503 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2504 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2505 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2506
2507 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2508 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2509 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2510 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2511 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2512
2513 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2514 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2515 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2516 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2517 the lack of any response.
2518
2519 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2520
2521 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2522 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2523 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2524
2525 Examples :
2526 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2527 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2528 backend https_relay
2529 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002530 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002531 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2532
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +01002533 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "option mysql-check",
2534 "http-check" and the "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002535
2536
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002537option http-server-close
2538no option http-server-close
2539 Enable or disable HTTP connection closing on the server side
2540 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2541 yes | yes | yes | yes
2542 Arguments : none
2543
2544 This mode enables HTTP connection-close mode on the server side while keeping
2545 the ability to support HTTP keep-alive and pipelining on the client side.
2546 This provides the lowest latency on the client side (slow network) and the
2547 fastest session reuse on the server side to save server resources, similarly
2548 to "option forceclose". It also permits non-keepalive capable servers to be
2549 served in keep-alive mode to the clients if they conform to the requirements
2550 of RFC2616.
2551
2552 At the moment, logs will not indicate whether requests came from the same
2553 session or not. The accept date reported in the logs corresponds to the end
2554 of the previous request, and the request time corresponds to the time spent
2555 waiting for a new request. The keep-alive request time is still bound to the
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01002556 timeout defined by "timeout http-keep-alive" or "timeout http-request" if
2557 not set.
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002558
2559 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2560 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002561 It is worth noting that "option forceclose" has precedence over "option
2562 http-server-close" and that combining "http-server-close" with "httpclose"
2563 basically achieve the same result as "forceclose".
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002564
2565 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2566 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2567
2568 See also : "option forceclose" and "option httpclose"
2569
2570
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002571option httpclose
2572no option httpclose
2573 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2574 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2575 yes | yes | yes | yes
2576 Arguments : none
2577
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002578 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002579 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2580 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2581 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2582 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2583 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2584 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2585 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2586 be removed.
2587
2588 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002589 close the connection eventhough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2590 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this happens
2591 it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes the
2592 request connection once the server responds. Option "forceclose" also
2593 releases the server connection earlier because it does not have to wait for
2594 the client to acknowledge it.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002595
2596 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2597 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2598 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002599 If "option http-server-close" is enabled at the same time as "httpclose", it
2600 basically achieves the same result as "option forceclose".
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002601
2602 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2603 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2604
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002605 See also : "option forceclose" and "option http-server-close"
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002606
2607
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002608option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002609 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2610 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2611 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002612 Arguments :
2613 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2614 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2615 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2616 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2617 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002618
2619 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2620 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2621 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2622 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2623 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2624 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2625 ports.
2626
2627 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2628
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002629 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2630 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2631 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2632 by default.
2633
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002634 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002635
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002636
2637option http_proxy
2638no option http_proxy
2639 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2640 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2641 yes | yes | yes | yes
2642 Arguments : none
2643
2644 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2645 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2646 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2647 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2648 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2649
2650 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2651 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2652 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2653 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2654 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2655 be analyzed.
2656
2657 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2658 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2659
2660 Example :
2661 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2662 backend direct_forward
2663 option httpclose
2664 option http_proxy
2665
2666 See also : "option httpclose"
2667
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002668
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +02002669option independant-streams
2670no option independant-streams
2671 Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions
2672 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2673 yes | yes | yes | yes
2674 Arguments : none
2675
2676 By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the
2677 read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is
2678 activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should
2679 receive data or not.
2680
2681 While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there
2682 exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the
2683 read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large
2684 timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the
2685 server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's
2686 socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way
2687 to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when
2688 the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself
2689 to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not
2690 happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the
2691 socket buffers.
2692
2693 When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates
2694 on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When
2695 the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on
2696 data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from
2697 slow lines, so use it with caution.
2698
2699 See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server"
2700
2701
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002702option log-health-checks
2703no option log-health-checks
2704 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2705 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2706 yes | no | yes | yes
2707 Arguments : none
2708
2709 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2710 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2711 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2712 of additional information is limited.
2713
2714 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2715 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2716
2717 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2718
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002719
2720option log-separate-errors
2721no option log-separate-errors
2722 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2723 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2724 yes | yes | yes | no
2725 Arguments : none
2726
2727 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2728 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2729 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2730 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2731 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2732 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2733 provides very important information.
2734
2735 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2736 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2737 error logs.
2738
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002739 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002740 logging.
2741
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002742
2743option logasap
2744no option logasap
2745 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2746 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2747 yes | yes | yes | no
2748 Arguments : none
2749
2750 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2751 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2752 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2753 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2754 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2755 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2756 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002757 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002758 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2759 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2760
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002761 Examples :
2762 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2763 mode http
2764 option httplog
2765 option logasap
2766 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2767
2768 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2769 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2770 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2771 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2772
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002773 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002774 logging.
2775
2776
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +01002777option mysql-check
2778 Use Mysql health checks for server testing
2779 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2780 yes | no | yes | yes
2781 Arguments : none
2782
2783 The check consists in parsing Mysql Handshake Initialisation packet or Error
2784 packet, which is sent by MySQL server on connect. It is a basic but useful
2785 test which does not produce any logging on the server. However, it does not
2786 check database presence nor database consistency, nor user permission to
2787 access. To do this, you can use an external check with xinetd for example.
2788
2789 Most often, an incoming MySQL server needs to see the client's IP address for
2790 various purposes, including IP privilege matching and connection logging.
2791 When possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2792 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2793 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in, and the MySQL server
2794 to route the client via the machine hosting haproxy.
2795
2796 See also: "option httpchk"
2797
2798
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002799option nolinger
2800no option nolinger
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002801 Enable or disable immediate session resource cleaning after close
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002802 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2803 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002804 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002805
2806 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2807 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2808 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2809 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2810 connections.
2811
2812 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2813 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2814 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2815 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2816 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2817 this too.
2818
2819 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2820 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2821 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2822
2823 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2824 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2825 for servers.
2826
2827 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2828 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2829
2830
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002831option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2832 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2833 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2834 yes | yes | yes | yes
2835 Arguments :
2836 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2837 matching <network>
2838 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2839 header name.
2840
2841 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2842 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2843 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2844 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2845 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2846 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2847 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2848 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2849 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2850 possible that the client has already brought one.
2851
2852 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2853 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2854 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2855 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2856 header and requires different one.
2857
2858 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2859 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2860 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2861 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2862 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2863 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2864 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2865
2866 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2867 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2868 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2869 both are defined.
2870
2871 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2872 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2873 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2874 when using this option.
2875
2876 Examples :
2877 # Original Destination address
2878 frontend www
2879 mode http
2880 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2881
2882 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2883 backend www
2884 mode http
2885 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2886
2887 See also : "option httpclose"
2888
2889
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002890option persist
2891no option persist
2892 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2893 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2894 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002895 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002896
2897 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2898 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2899 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2900 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2901 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2902 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2903 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2904 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2905 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2906 redirected to another valid server.
2907
2908 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2909 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2910
2911 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2912
2913
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002914option redispatch
2915no option redispatch
2916 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2917 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2918 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002919 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002920
2921 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2922 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2923 be able to access the service anymore.
2924
2925 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2926 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2927
2928 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2929 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2930 value.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002931
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002932 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2933 "redisp" keywords.
2934
2935 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2936 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2937
2938 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2939
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002940
2941option smtpchk
2942option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2943 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2944 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2945 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002946 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002947 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2948 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2949 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2950
2951 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2952 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2953 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2954
2955 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2956 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2957 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2958 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2959 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2960 dead server.
2961
2962 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2963 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2964 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2965 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2966
2967 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2968 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2969 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2970 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2971 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2972
2973 Example :
2974 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2975
2976 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2977
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002978
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02002979option socket-stats
2980no option socket-stats
2981
2982 Enable or disable collecting & providing separate statistics for each socket.
2983 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2984 yes | yes | yes | no
2985
2986 Arguments : none
2987
2988
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002989option splice-auto
2990no option splice-auto
2991 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2992 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2993 yes | yes | yes | yes
2994 Arguments : none
2995
2996 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2997 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2998 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2999 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01003000 not. Both directions are handled independently. Note that the heuristics used
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01003001 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
3002 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
3003 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
3004 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3005
3006 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
3007 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
3008 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
3009 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
3010 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
3011 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
3012 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
3013 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
3014 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
3015 keyword.
3016
3017 Example :
3018 option splice-auto
3019
3020 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3021 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3022
3023 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
3024 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3025
3026
3027option splice-request
3028no option splice-request
3029 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
3030 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3031 yes | yes | yes | yes
3032 Arguments : none
3033
3034 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3035 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3036 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3037 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3038 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3039 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3040
3041 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3042
3043 Example :
3044 option splice-request
3045
3046 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3047 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3048
3049 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
3050 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3051
3052
3053option splice-response
3054no option splice-response
3055 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
3056 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3057 yes | yes | yes | yes
3058 Arguments : none
3059
3060 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3061 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3062 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3063 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3064 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3065 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3066
3067 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3068
3069 Example :
3070 option splice-response
3071
3072 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3073 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3074
3075 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
3076 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3077
3078
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003079option srvtcpka
3080no option srvtcpka
3081 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
3082 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3083 yes | no | yes | yes
3084 Arguments : none
3085
3086 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3087 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3088 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3089 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3090
3091 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3092 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3093 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3094 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3095
3096 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3097 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3098 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3099 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3100 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3101
3102 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3103
3104 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
3105 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
3106 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
3107
3108 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3109 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3110
3111 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
3112
3113
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003114option ssl-hello-chk
3115 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
3116 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3117 yes | no | yes | yes
3118 Arguments : none
3119
3120 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
3121 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
3122 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
3123 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
3124 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
3125 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
3126 hello message.
3127
3128 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
3129 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
3130 messages, which is appreciable.
3131
3132 See also: "option httpchk"
3133
3134
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003135option tcp-smart-accept
3136no option tcp-smart-accept
3137 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
3138 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3139 yes | yes | yes | no
3140 Arguments : none
3141
3142 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
3143 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
3144 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
3145 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
3146 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
3147 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
3148
3149 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
3150 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
3151 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
3152 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
3153
3154 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
3155 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
3156 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
3157 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
3158
3159 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
3160 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
3161 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
3162
3163 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
3164 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
3165 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
3166
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02003167 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
3168
3169
3170option tcp-smart-connect
3171no option tcp-smart-connect
3172 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
3173 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3174 yes | no | yes | yes
3175 Arguments : none
3176
3177 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
3178 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
3179 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
3180 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
3181 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
3182
3183 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
3184 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
3185 complex.
3186
3187 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
3188 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
3189 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
3190
3191 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3192 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3193
3194 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
3195
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003196
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003197option tcpka
3198 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
3199 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3200 yes | yes | yes | yes
3201 Arguments : none
3202
3203 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3204 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3205 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3206 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3207
3208 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3209 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3210 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3211 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3212
3213 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3214 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3215 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3216 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3217 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3218
3219 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3220
3221 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
3222 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
3223 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
3224 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
3225 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
3226 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
3227 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
3228 backends.
3229
3230 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
3231
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003232
3233option tcplog
3234 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
3235 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3236 yes | yes | yes | yes
3237 Arguments : none
3238
3239 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
3240 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
3241 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
3242 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
3243 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
3244 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
3245 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
3246 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
3247
3248 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
3249
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003250 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003251
3252
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003253option transparent
3254no option transparent
3255 Enable client-side transparent proxying
3256 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01003257 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003258 Arguments : none
3259
3260 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
3261 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
3262 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
3263 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
3264 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
3265 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
3266 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
3267 appropriate server.
3268
3269 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
3270 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
3271
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003272 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
3273 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003274
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003275
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003276persist rdp-cookie
3277persist rdp-cookie(name)
3278 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
3279 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3280 yes | no | yes | yes
3281 Arguments :
3282 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
3283 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
3284 no valid reason to change this name.
3285
3286 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
3287 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
3288 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3289 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3290 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3291 forwarded to this server.
3292
3293 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3294 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3295 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01003296 load-balancing method. Thus it is highly recommended to put all statements in
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003297 a single "listen" section.
3298
3299 Example :
3300 listen tse-farm
3301 bind :3389
3302 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3303 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3304 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3305 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3306 persist rdp-cookie
3307 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3308 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3309 balance rdp-cookie
3310 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3311 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3312
3313 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3314
3315
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003316rate-limit sessions <rate>
3317 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3318 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3319 yes | yes | yes | no
3320 Arguments :
3321 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3322 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3323
3324 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3325 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3326 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3327 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3328 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3329 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3330
3331 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3332 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3333 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3334 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3335
3336 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3337 listen smtp
3338 mode tcp
3339 bind :25
3340 rate-limit sessions 10
3341 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3342
3343 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3344 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3345
3346 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3347
3348
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003349redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
3350redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003351 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3352 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3353 no | yes | yes | yes
3354
3355 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003356 response. If no condition is specified, the redirect applies unconditionally.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003357
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003358 Arguments :
3359 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3360 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3361 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3362 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003363 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3364 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3365 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3366 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003367
3368 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3369 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3370 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3371 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3372 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3373 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3374 location with a GET method.
3375
3376 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3377 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3378
3379 - "drop-query"
3380 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3381 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3382 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3383 with a location-type redirect.
3384
Willy Tarreau81e3b4f2010-01-10 00:42:19 +01003385 - "append-slash"
3386 This keyword may be used in conjunction with "drop-query" to redirect
3387 users who use a URL not ending with a '/' to the same one with the '/'.
3388 It can be useful to ensure that search engines will only see one URL.
3389 For this, a return code 301 is preferred.
3390
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003391 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3392 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3393 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3394 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3395 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3396 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3397 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3398
3399 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3400 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3401 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3402 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3403 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3404 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3405 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003406
3407 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3408 acl clear dst_port 80
3409 acl secure dst_port 8080
3410 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003411 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003412 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003413 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3414
3415 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003416 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3417 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3418 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003419 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003420
Willy Tarreau81e3b4f2010-01-10 00:42:19 +01003421 Example: send redirects for request for articles without a '/'.
3422 acl missing_slash path_reg ^/article/[^/]*$
3423 redirect code 301 prefix / drop-query append-slash if missing_slash
3424
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003425 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003426
3427
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003428redisp (deprecated)
3429redispatch (deprecated)
3430 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3431 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3432 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003433 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003434
3435 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3436 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3437 be able to access the service anymore.
3438
3439 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3440 redistribute them to a working server.
3441
3442 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3443 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3444 value.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003445
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003446 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3447 "option redispatch" instead.
3448
3449 See also : "option redispatch"
3450
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003451
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003452reqadd <string>
3453 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3454 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3455 no | yes | yes | yes
3456 Arguments :
3457 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3458 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003459 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003460
3461 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3462 the last header of an HTTP request.
3463
3464 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3465 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3466 responses.
3467
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003468 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003469
3470
3471reqallow <search>
3472reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3473 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3474 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3475 no | yes | yes | yes
3476 Arguments :
3477 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3478 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3479 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3480 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3481 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3482 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3483 ignores case.
3484
3485 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3486 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3487 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3488 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003489 header names are not.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003490
3491 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3492 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3493
3494 Example :
3495 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3496 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3497 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3498
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003499 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003500 manipulation
3501
3502
3503reqdel <search>
3504reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3505 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3506 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3507 no | yes | yes | yes
3508 Arguments :
3509 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3510 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3511 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3512 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3513 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3514 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3515
3516 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3517 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3518 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3519 next servers.
3520
3521 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3522 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3523 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3524
3525 Example :
3526 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3527 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3528 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3529
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003530 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003531 manipulation
3532
3533
3534reqdeny <search>
3535reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3536 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3537 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3538 no | yes | yes | yes
3539 Arguments :
3540 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3541 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3542 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3543 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3544 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3545 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3546 case.
3547
3548 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3549 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3550 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3551 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003552 header names are not.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003553
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003554 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003555 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003556 using ACLs.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003557
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003558 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3559 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3560
3561 Example :
3562 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3563 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3564 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3565
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003566 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003567 header manipulation
3568
3569
3570reqpass <search>
3571reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3572 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3573 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3574 no | yes | yes | yes
3575 Arguments :
3576 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3577 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3578 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3579 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3580 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3581 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3582 case.
3583
3584 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3585 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3586 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3587 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3588
3589 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3590 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3591
3592 Example :
3593 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3594 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3595 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3596 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3597
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003598 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003599 header manipulation
3600
3601
3602reqrep <search> <string>
3603reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3604 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3605 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3606 no | yes | yes | yes
3607 Arguments :
3608 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3609 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3610 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3611 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3612 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3613 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3614
3615 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3616 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3617 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3618 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003619 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003620
3621 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3622 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3623 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3624
3625 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3626 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3627 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3628 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3629 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3630
3631 Example :
3632 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3633 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3634 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3635 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3636
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003637 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003638 manipulation
3639
3640
3641reqtarpit <search>
3642reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3643 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3644 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3645 no | yes | yes | yes
3646 Arguments :
3647 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3648 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3649 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3650 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3651 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3652 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3653 ignores case.
3654
3655 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3656 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003657 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3658 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3659 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003660 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3661 not set.
3662
3663 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3664 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3665 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3666 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3667 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3668
3669 Example :
3670 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3671 # block all others.
3672 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3673 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3674
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003675 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003676 manipulation
3677
3678
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003679retries <value>
3680 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3681 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3682 yes | no | yes | yes
3683 Arguments :
3684 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3685 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3686 default value is 3.
3687
3688 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3689 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3690 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3691
3692 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3693 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3694
3695 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3696 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3697
3698 See also : "option redispatch"
3699
3700
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003701rspadd <string>
3702 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3703 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3704 no | yes | yes | yes
3705 Arguments :
3706 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3707 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003708 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003709
3710 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3711 the last header of an HTTP response.
3712
3713 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3714 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3715 responses.
3716
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003717 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003718
3719
3720rspdel <search>
3721rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3722 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3723 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3724 no | yes | yes | yes
3725 Arguments :
3726 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3727 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3728 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3729 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3730 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3731 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3732 ignores case.
3733
3734 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3735 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3736 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3737 client.
3738
3739 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3740 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3741 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3742
3743 Example :
3744 # remove the Server header from responses
3745 reqidel ^Server:.*
3746
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003747 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003748 manipulation
3749
3750
3751rspdeny <search>
3752rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3753 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3754 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3755 no | yes | yes | yes
3756 Arguments :
3757 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3758 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3759 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3760 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3761 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3762 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3763 ignores case.
3764
3765 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3766 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3767 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3768 case-sensitive.
3769
3770 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003771 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3772 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3773 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003774
3775 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3776 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3777
3778 Example :
3779 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3780 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3781
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003782 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003783 manipulation
3784
3785
3786rsprep <search> <string>
3787rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3788 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3789 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3790 no | yes | yes | yes
3791 Arguments :
3792 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3793 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3794 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3795 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3796 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3797 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3798 ignores case.
3799
3800 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3801 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3802 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3803 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003804 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003805
3806 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3807 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3808 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3809
3810 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3811 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3812 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3813 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3814 are not case-sensitive.
3815
3816 Example :
3817 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3818 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3819
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003820 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003821 manipulation
3822
3823
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003824server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3825 Declare a server in a backend
3826 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3827 no | no | yes | yes
3828 Arguments :
3829 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3830 appear in logs and alerts.
3831
3832 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3833 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3834 start-up.
3835
3836 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3837 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3838 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3839 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3840 adding this value to the client's port.
3841
3842 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3843 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003844 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003845
3846 Examples :
3847 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3848 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3849
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01003850 See also: "default-server" and section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003851
3852
3853source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003854source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003855 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3856 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3857 yes | no | yes | yes
3858 Arguments :
3859 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3860 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3861 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3862 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3863
3864 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3865 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003866 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3867 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3868 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003869
3870 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3871 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3872 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3873 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3874 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3875 <addr>.
3876
3877 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3878 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3879 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3880 port.
3881
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003882 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3883 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3884 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3885 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3886 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3887 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3888
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003889 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3890 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3891 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3892 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3893
3894 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3895 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3896 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3897 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3898 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3899 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3900
3901 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3902 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3903 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3904 there are two methods :
3905
3906 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3907 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3908 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3909 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3910 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3911 of the client ranges may be used.
3912
3913 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3914 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3915 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3916 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3917 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3918 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3919 same session.
3920
3921 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3922 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3923 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3924 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3925 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3926 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3927
3928 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3929 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3930 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003931 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003932
3933 Examples :
3934 backend private
3935 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3936 source 192.168.1.200
3937
3938 backend transparent_ssl1
3939 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3940 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3941
3942 backend transparent_ssl2
3943 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3944 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3945 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3946
3947 backend transparent_ssl3
3948 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3949 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3950 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3951
3952 backend transparent_smtp
3953 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3954 # with Tproxy version 4.
3955 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3956
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003957 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003958 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3959
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003960
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003961srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3962 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3963 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3964 yes | no | yes | yes
3965 Arguments :
3966 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3967 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3968 as explained at the top of this document.
3969
3970 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3971 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3972 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3973 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3974 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3975 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3976 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3977
3978 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3979 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3980 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3981 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3982 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003983 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003984 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003985 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003986
3987 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3988 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3989 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3990 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3991 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3992 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3993
3994 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3995 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3996
3997 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3998
3999
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004000stats auth <user>:<passwd>
4001 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
4002 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4003 yes | no | yes | yes
4004 Arguments :
4005 <user> is a user name to grant access to
4006
4007 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
4008
4009 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
4010 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
4011 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
4012 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
4013 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
4014 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
4015
4016 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
4017 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
4018 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
4019 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
4020
4021 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
4022 report using "stats scope".
4023
4024 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4025 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4026 unobvious parameters.
4027
4028 Example :
4029 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4030 backend public_www
4031 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4032 stats enable
4033 stats hide-version
4034 stats scope .
4035 stats uri /admin?stats
4036 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4037 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4038 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4039
4040 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4041 backend private_monitoring
4042 stats enable
4043 stats uri /admin?stats
4044 stats refresh 5s
4045
4046 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
4047
4048
4049stats enable
4050 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
4051 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4052 yes | no | yes | yes
4053 Arguments : none
4054
4055 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
4056 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
4057 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
4058 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
4059 - stats auth : no authentication
4060 - stats scope : no restriction
4061
4062 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4063 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4064 unobvious parameters.
4065
4066 Example :
4067 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4068 backend public_www
4069 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4070 stats enable
4071 stats hide-version
4072 stats scope .
4073 stats uri /admin?stats
4074 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4075 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4076 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4077
4078 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4079 backend private_monitoring
4080 stats enable
4081 stats uri /admin?stats
4082 stats refresh 5s
4083
4084 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4085
4086
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004087stats show-node [ <name> ]
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004088 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
4089 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4090 yes | no | yes | yes
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004091 Arguments:
4092 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the
4093 node name from global section is automatically used instead.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004094
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004095 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4096 customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page
4097 provided for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004098
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004099 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4100 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4101 unobvious parameters.
4102
4103 Example:
4104 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4105 backend private_monitoring
4106 stats enable
4107 stats show-node Europe-1
4108 stats uri /admin?stats
4109 stats refresh 5s
4110
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004111 See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global
4112 section.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004113
4114
4115stats show-desc [ <description> ]
4116 Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page.
4117 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4118 yes | no | yes | yes
4119
4120 <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the
4121 description from global section is automatically used instead.
4122
4123 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4124 customers, where node or description should be different for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004125
4126 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4127 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4128 unobvious parameters.
4129
4130 Example :
4131 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4132 backend private_monitoring
4133 stats enable
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004134 stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004135 stats uri /admin?stats
4136 stats refresh 5s
4137
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004138 See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in
4139 global section.
4140
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004141
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki15514c22010-01-04 16:03:09 +01004142stats show-legends
4143 Enable reporting additional informations on the statistics page :
4144 - cap: capabilities (proxy)
4145 - mode: one of tcp, http or health (proxy)
4146 - id: SNMP ID (proxy, socket, server)
4147 - IP (socket, server)
4148 - cookie (backend, server)
4149
4150 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4151 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4152 unobvious parameters.
4153
4154 See also: "stats enable", "stats uri".
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004155
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004156
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004157stats realm <realm>
4158 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
4159 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4160 yes | no | yes | yes
4161 Arguments :
4162 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
4163 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
4164 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
4165
4166 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
4167 using a backslash ('\').
4168
4169 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
4170 only related to authentication.
4171
4172 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4173 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4174 unobvious parameters.
4175
4176 Example :
4177 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4178 backend public_www
4179 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4180 stats enable
4181 stats hide-version
4182 stats scope .
4183 stats uri /admin?stats
4184 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4185 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4186 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4187
4188 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4189 backend private_monitoring
4190 stats enable
4191 stats uri /admin?stats
4192 stats refresh 5s
4193
4194 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
4195
4196
4197stats refresh <delay>
4198 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
4199 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4200 yes | no | yes | yes
4201 Arguments :
4202 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
4203 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
4204 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
4205 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
4206 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
4207 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
4208
4209 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
4210 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
4211 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
4212 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
4213
4214 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4215 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4216 unobvious parameters.
4217
4218 Example :
4219 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4220 backend public_www
4221 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4222 stats enable
4223 stats hide-version
4224 stats scope .
4225 stats uri /admin?stats
4226 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4227 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4228 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4229
4230 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4231 backend private_monitoring
4232 stats enable
4233 stats uri /admin?stats
4234 stats refresh 5s
4235
4236 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4237
4238
4239stats scope { <name> | "." }
4240 Enable statistics and limit access scope
4241 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4242 yes | no | yes | yes
4243 Arguments :
4244 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
4245 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
4246 section in which the statement appears.
4247
4248 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
4249 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
4250 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
4251 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
4252 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
4253 exists.
4254
4255 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4256 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4257 unobvious parameters.
4258
4259 Example :
4260 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4261 backend public_www
4262 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4263 stats enable
4264 stats hide-version
4265 stats scope .
4266 stats uri /admin?stats
4267 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4268 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4269 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4270
4271 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4272 backend private_monitoring
4273 stats enable
4274 stats uri /admin?stats
4275 stats refresh 5s
4276
4277 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4278
4279
4280stats uri <prefix>
4281 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
4282 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4283 yes | no | yes | yes
4284 Arguments :
4285 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
4286 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
4287 query string.
4288
4289 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
4290 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
4291 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
4292 possible to reach it in the application.
4293
4294 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004295 changed at build time, so it's better to always explicitly specify it here.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004296 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
4297 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
4298 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
4299 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
4300
4301 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
4302 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
4303 an address or a port to statistics only.
4304
4305 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4306 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4307 unobvious parameters.
4308
4309 Example :
4310 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4311 backend public_www
4312 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4313 stats enable
4314 stats hide-version
4315 stats scope .
4316 stats uri /admin?stats
4317 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4318 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4319 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4320
4321 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4322 backend private_monitoring
4323 stats enable
4324 stats uri /admin?stats
4325 stats refresh 5s
4326
4327 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
4328
4329
4330stats hide-version
4331 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
4332 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4333 yes | no | yes | yes
4334 Arguments : none
4335
4336 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4337 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4338 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4339 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4340 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4341 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4342
4343 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4344 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4345 unobvious parameters.
4346
4347 Example :
4348 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4349 backend public_www
4350 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4351 stats enable
4352 stats hide-version
4353 stats scope .
4354 stats uri /admin?stats
4355 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4356 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4357 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4358
4359 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4360 backend private_monitoring
4361 stats enable
4362 stats uri /admin?stats
4363 stats refresh 5s
4364
4365 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4366
4367
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004368tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4369 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4370 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4371 no | yes | yes | no
4372
4373 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4374 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4375 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4376 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4377 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4378 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4379 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4380 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4381
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004382 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004383 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4384
4385 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4386 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4387 "reject" statement.
4388
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004389 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004390
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004391 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004392
4393
4394tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4395 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4396 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4397 no | yes | yes | no
4398
4399 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4400 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4401 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4402 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4403 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4404 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4405 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4406 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4407
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004408 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004409 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4410
4411 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4412 "accept".
4413
4414 Example:
4415 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4416 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4417 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4418 tcp-request reject if content_present
4419
4420 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4421 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4422 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4423 tcp-request accept if content_present
4424 tcp-request reject
4425
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004426 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004427
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004428 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004429
4430
4431tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4432 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4433 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4434 no | yes | yes | no
4435 Arguments :
4436 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4437 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4438 as explained at the top of this document.
4439
4440 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4441 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4442 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4443 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4444 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4445
4446 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4447 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004448 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementioned delay,
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004449 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004450 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4451 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4452 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4453 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004454
4455 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4456 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4457 it pass through unaffected.
4458
4459 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4460 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4461 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004462 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004463 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4464 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4465 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4466
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004467 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004468 "timeout client".
4469
4470
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004471timeout check <timeout>
4472 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4473 established.
4474
4475 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4476 yes | no | yes | yes
4477 Arguments:
4478 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4479 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4480 as explained at the top of this document.
4481
4482 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4483 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4484 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4485 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4486 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4487 long "timeout connect".
4488
4489 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4490 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4491
4492 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4493 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004494 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004495
4496 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4497 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4498 forget about it.
4499
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004500 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4501 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004502
4503
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004504timeout client <timeout>
4505timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4506 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4507 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4508 yes | yes | yes | no
4509 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004510 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004511 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4512 as explained at the top of this document.
4513
4514 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4515 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4516 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4517 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4518 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4519 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4520 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4521 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004522 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004523 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4524 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4525
4526 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4527 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4528 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4529 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4530 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4531 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4532
4533 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4534 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4535 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4536
4537 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4538
4539
4540timeout connect <timeout>
4541timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4542 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4543 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4544 yes | no | yes | yes
4545 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004546 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004547 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4548 as explained at the top of this document.
4549
4550 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004551 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004552 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004553 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004554 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4555 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004556
4557 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4558 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4559 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4560 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4561 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4562 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4563
4564 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4565 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4566 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4567
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004568 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4569 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004570
4571
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004572timeout http-keep-alive <timeout>
4573 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a new HTTP request to appear
4574 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4575 yes | yes | yes | yes
4576 Arguments :
4577 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4578 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4579 as explained at the top of this document.
4580
4581 By default, the time to wait for a new request in case of keep-alive is set
4582 by "timeout http-request". However this is not always convenient because some
4583 people want very short keep-alive timeouts in order to release connections
4584 faster, and others prefer to have larger ones but still have short timeouts
4585 once the request has started to present itself.
4586
4587 The "http-keep-alive" timeout covers these needs. It will define how long to
4588 wait for a new HTTP request to start coming after a response was sent. Once
4589 the first byte of request has been seen, the "http-request" timeout is used
4590 to wait for the complete request to come. Note that empty lines prior to a
4591 new request do not refresh the timeout and are not counted as a new request.
4592
4593 There is also another difference between the two timeouts : when a connection
4594 expires during timeout http-keep-alive, no error is returned, the connection
4595 just closes. If the connection expires in "http-request" while waiting for a
4596 connection to complete, a HTTP 408 error is returned.
4597
4598 In general it is optimal to set this value to a few tens to hundreds of
4599 milliseconds, to allow users to fetch all objects of a page at once but
4600 without waiting for further clicks. Also, if set to a very small value (eg:
4601 1 millisecond) it will probably only accept pipelined requests but not the
4602 non-pipelined ones. It may be a nice trade-off for very large sites running
4603 with tends to hundreds of thousands of clients.
4604
4605 If this parameter is not set, the "http-request" timeout applies, and if both
4606 are not set, "timeout client" still applies at the lower level. It should be
4607 set in the frontend to take effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in
4608 which case the HTTP backend's timeout will be used.
4609
4610 See also : "timeout http-request", "timeout client".
4611
4612
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004613timeout http-request <timeout>
4614 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4615 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004616 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004617 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004618 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004619 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4620 as explained at the top of this document.
4621
4622 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4623 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4624 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4625 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4626 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4627 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4628 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4629 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4630
4631 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4632 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004633 used anymore. It is used again on keep-alive connections to wait for a second
4634 request if "timeout http-keep-alive" is not set.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004635
4636 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4637 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4638 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4639 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4640 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4641
4642 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004643 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4644 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4645 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004646
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004647 See also : "timeout http-keep-alive", "timeout client".
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004648
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004649
4650timeout queue <timeout>
4651 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4652 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4653 yes | no | yes | yes
4654 Arguments :
4655 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4656 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4657 as explained at the top of this document.
4658
4659 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4660 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4661 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4662 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4663 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4664
4665 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4666 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4667 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4668 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4669
4670 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4671
4672
4673timeout server <timeout>
4674timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4675 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4676 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4677 yes | no | yes | yes
4678 Arguments :
4679 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4680 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4681 as explained at the top of this document.
4682
4683 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4684 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4685 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4686 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4687 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4688 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4689 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4690
4691 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4692 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4693 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4694 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4695 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004696 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004697 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004698 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004699
4700 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4701 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4702 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4703 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4704 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4705 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4706
4707 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4708 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4709 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4710
4711 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4712
4713
4714timeout tarpit <timeout>
4715 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4716 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4717 yes | yes | yes | yes
4718 Arguments :
4719 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4720 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4721 as explained at the top of this document.
4722
4723 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4724 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4725 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4726
4727 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4728 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4729 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4730 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004731 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004732
4733 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4734
4735
4736transparent (deprecated)
4737 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4738 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004739 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004740 Arguments : none
4741
4742 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4743 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4744 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4745 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4746 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4747 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4748 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4749 appropriate server.
4750
4751 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4752
4753 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4754 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4755
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004756 See also: "option transparent"
4757
4758
4759use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4760use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004761 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004762 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4763 no | yes | yes | no
4764 Arguments :
4765 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4766
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004767 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004768
4769 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4770 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4771 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004772 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4773 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4774 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4775 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004776
4777 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4778 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4779 assign the backend.
4780
4781 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4782 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4783 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4784 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4785 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4786 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4787
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004788 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004789 this case, either the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004790 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4791 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4792 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4793
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004794 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004795
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004796
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +010047975. Server and default-server options
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004798-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004799
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01004800The "server" and "default-server" keywords support a certain number of settings
4801which are all passed as arguments on the server line. The order in which those
4802arguments appear does not count, and they are all optional. Some of those
4803settings are single words (booleans) while others expect one or several values
4804after them. In this case, the values must immediately follow the setting name.
4805Except default-server, all those settings must be specified after the server's
4806address if they are used:
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004807
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004808 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01004809 default-server [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004810
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004811The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004812
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004813addr <ipv4>
4814 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4815 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4816 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4817 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4818 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004819
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004820 Supported in default-server: No
4821
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004822backup
4823 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4824 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4825 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4826 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4827 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4828 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004829
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004830 Supported in default-server: No
4831
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004832check
4833 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4834 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4835 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4836 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4837 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4838 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4839 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4840 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4841 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +01004842 "mysql-check" and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and
4843 parameters for more information.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004844
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004845 Supported in default-server: No
4846
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004847cookie <value>
4848 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4849 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4850 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4851 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4852 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4853 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4854 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4855
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004856 Supported in default-server: No
4857
4858error-limit <count>
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004859 If health observing is enabled, the "error-limit" parameter specifies the
4860 number of consecutive errors that triggers event selected by the "on-error"
4861 option. By default it is set to 10 consecutive errors.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004862
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004863 Supported in default-server: Yes
4864
4865 See also the "check", "error-limit" and "on-error".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004866
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004867fall <count>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004868 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4869 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4870 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4871
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004872 Supported in default-server: Yes
4873
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004874id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02004875 Set a persistent ID for the server. This ID must be positive and unique for
4876 the proxy. An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first
4877 assigned value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004878
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004879 Supported in default-server: No
4880
4881inter <delay>
4882fastinter <delay>
4883downinter <delay>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004884 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4885 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4886 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4887 between checks depending on the server state :
4888
4889 Server state | Interval used
4890 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4891 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4892 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4893 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4894 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4895 or yet unchecked. |
4896 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4897 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4898 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004899
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004900 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4901 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4902 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4903 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4904 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4905 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4906 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4907 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4908 servers.
4909
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004910 Supported in default-server: Yes
4911
4912maxconn <maxconn>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004913 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4914 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4915 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4916 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4917 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4918 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4919 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4920 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4921
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004922 Supported in default-server: Yes
4923
4924maxqueue <maxqueue>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004925 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4926 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4927 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4928 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4929 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4930 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4931 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4932
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004933 Supported in default-server: Yes
4934
4935minconn <minconn>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004936 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4937 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4938 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4939 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4940 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4941 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004942 overloading the server during exceptional loads. See also the "maxconn"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004943 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004944
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004945 Supported in default-server: Yes
4946
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004947observe <mode>
4948 This option enables health adjusting based on observing communication with
4949 the server. By default this functionality is disabled and enabling it also
4950 requires to enable health checks. There are two supported modes: "layer4" and
4951 "layer7". In layer4 mode, only successful/unsuccessful tcp connections are
4952 significant. In layer7, which is only allowed for http proxies, responses
4953 received from server are verified, like valid/wrong http code, unparsable
4954 headers, a timeout, etc.
4955
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004956 Supported in default-server: No
4957
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004958 See also the "check", "on-error" and "error-limit".
4959
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004960on-error <mode>
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004961 Select what should happen when enough consecutive errors are detected.
4962 Currently, four modes are available:
4963 - fastinter: force fastinter
4964 - fail-check: simulate a failed check, also forces fastinter (default)
4965 - sudden-death: simulate a pre-fatal failed health check, one more failed
4966 check will mark a server down, forces fastinter
4967 - mark-down: mark the server immediately down and force fastinter
4968
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004969 Supported in default-server: Yes
4970
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004971 See also the "check", "observe" and "error-limit".
4972
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004973port <port>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004974 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4975 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4976 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4977 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4978 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4979 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4980
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004981 Supported in default-server: Yes
4982
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004983redir <prefix>
4984 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4985 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4986 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4987 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4988 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4989 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4990 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4991 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004992 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the response. However, cookies in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004993 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4994 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4995 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4996 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4997 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4998
4999 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
5000
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005001 Supported in default-server: No
5002
5003rise <count>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005004 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
5005 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
5006 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
5007
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005008 Supported in default-server: Yes
5009
5010slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005011 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
5012 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
5013 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
5014 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
5015 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
5016 parameters :
5017
5018 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
5019 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
5020
5021 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
5022 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
5023 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
5024 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
5025
5026 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
5027 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
5028 seen as failed.
5029
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005030 Supported in default-server: Yes
5031
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02005032source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
5033source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005034 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
5035 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
5036 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
5037 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
5038
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02005039 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
5040 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
5041 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
5042 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
5043 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
5044 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
5045 server.
5046
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005047 Supported in default-server: No
5048
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005049track [<proxy>/]<server>
5050 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
5051 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
5052 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
5053 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
5054 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
5055
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005056 Supported in default-server: No
5057
5058weight <weight>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005059 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
5060 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
5061 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02005062 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
5063 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
5064 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
5065 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
5066 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
5067 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005068
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005069 Supported in default-server: Yes
5070
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005071
50726. HTTP header manipulation
5073---------------------------
5074
5075In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
5076response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
5077request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
5078which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
5079against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
5080to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
5081passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
5082headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
5083never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
5084
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02005085There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
5086(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
5087rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
5088messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
5089in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005090happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would unconditionally
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02005091add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
5092normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
5093
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005094This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
5095in section 4.2 :
5096
5097 - reqadd <string>
5098 - reqallow <search>
5099 - reqiallow <search>
5100 - reqdel <search>
5101 - reqidel <search>
5102 - reqdeny <search>
5103 - reqideny <search>
5104 - reqpass <search>
5105 - reqipass <search>
5106 - reqrep <search> <replace>
5107 - reqirep <search> <replace>
5108 - reqtarpit <search>
5109 - reqitarpit <search>
5110 - rspadd <string>
5111 - rspdel <search>
5112 - rspidel <search>
5113 - rspdeny <search>
5114 - rspideny <search>
5115 - rsprep <search> <replace>
5116 - rspirep <search> <replace>
5117
5118With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
5119is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
5120parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
5121prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
5122Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
5123
5124 \t for a tab
5125 \r for a carriage return (CR)
5126 \n for a new line (LF)
5127 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
5128 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
5129 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
5130 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
5131 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
5132
5133The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
5134portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
5135above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
5136regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
51379 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
5138is very common to users of the "sed" program.
5139
5140The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
5141after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
5142
5143Notes related to these keywords :
5144---------------------------------
5145 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
5146 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
5147 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
5148
5149 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
5150 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
5151 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
5152
5153 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
5154 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
5155 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
5156 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
5157 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
5158
5159 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
5160 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
5161 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
5162 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
5163 useless headers before adding new ones.
5164
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005165 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their counterpart
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005166 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
5167
5168 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
5169 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
5170 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
5171
5172 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
5173 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005174 before switching.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005175
5176
51777. Using ACLs
5178-------------
5179
5180The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
5181content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
5182from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
5183simple :
5184
5185 - define test criteria with sets of values
5186 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
5187
5188The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
5189
5190In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
5191
5192 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
5193
5194This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
5195Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
5196and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
5197an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
5198of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
5199
5200ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
5201'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
5202which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
5203
5204There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
5205performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
5206
5207The following ACL flags are currently supported :
5208
5209 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005210 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
5211
5212Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005213
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005214 - integers or integer ranges
5215 - strings
5216 - regular expressions
5217 - IP addresses and networks
5218
5219
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052207.1. Matching integers
5221----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005222
5223Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
5224that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
5225expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
5226may be omitted.
5227
5228For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
5229unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
5230representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
5231
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005232As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
5233two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
5234instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
5235ranges and operators.
5236
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005237For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005238operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
5239Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
5240of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005241
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005242Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005243
5244 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
5245 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
5246 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
5247 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
5248 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
5249
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005250For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005251
5252 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
5253
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005254This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
5255
5256 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
5257
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005258
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052597.2. Matching strings
5260---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005261
5262String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
5263exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
5264characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
5265string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
5266to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005267before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005268
5269
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052707.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
5271-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005272
5273Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
5274they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
5275possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
5276passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
5277the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005278the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
5279match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005280
5281
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052827.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
5283----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005284
5285IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
5286netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
5287within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005288host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005289difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
5290at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
5291does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
5292parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005293
5294
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052957.5. Available matching criteria
5296--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005297
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052987.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
5299------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005300
5301A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
5302analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
5303addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
5304
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005305always_false
5306 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5307 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5308
5309always_true
5310 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5311 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5312
5313src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005314 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005315 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
5316 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
5317
5318src_port <integer>
5319 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
5320
5321dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005322 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005323 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
5324
5325dst_port <integer>
5326 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
5327 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
5328
5329dst_conn <integer>
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005330 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the same socket
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005331 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005332 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005333 when the socket is considered saturated. This offers the ability to assign
5334 different limits to different listening ports or addresses. See also the
5335 "fe_conn" and "be_conn" criteria.
5336
5337fe_conn <integer>
5338fe_conn(frontend) <integer>
5339 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
5340 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no frontend name is
5341 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5342 frontend. It can be used to either return a sorry page before hard-blocking,
5343 or to use a specific backend to drain new requests when the farm is
5344 considered saturated. See also the "dst_conn", "be_conn" and "fe_sess_rate"
5345 criteria.
5346
5347be_conn <integer>
5348be_conn(frontend) <integer>
5349 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the backend,
5350 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no backend name is
5351 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5352 backend. It can be used to use a specific farm when the nominal one is full.
5353 See also the "fe_conn", "queue" and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005354
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005355nbsrv <integer>
5356nbsrv(backend) <integer>
5357 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
5358 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
5359 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
5360 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
5361 "monitor fail".
5362
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005363connslots <integer>
5364connslots(backend) <integer>
5365 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005366 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005367 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
5368
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005369 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
5370 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005371
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005372 Note that while "fe_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005373 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
5374 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
5375 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
5376 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
5377 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005378 available connection slots as well. See also "queue" and "avg_queue".
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005379
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005380 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
5381 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
5382 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
5383 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005384
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005385queue <integer>
5386queue(frontend) <integer>
5387 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend,
5388 including all the connections in server queues. If no backend name is
5389 specified, the current one is used, but it is also possible to check another
5390 one. This can be used to take actions when queuing goes above a known level,
5391 generally indicating a surge of traffic or a massive slowdown on the servers.
5392 One possible action could be to reject new users but still accept old ones.
5393 See also the "avg_queue", "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5394
5395avg_queue <integer>
5396avg_queue(frontend) <integer>
5397 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend
5398 divided by the number of active servers. This is very similar to "queue"
5399 except that the size of the farm is considered, in order to give a more
5400 accurate measurement of the time it may take for a new connection to be
5401 processed. The main usage is to return a sorry page to new users when it
5402 becomes certain they will get a degraded service. Note that in the event
5403 there would not be any active server anymore, we would consider twice the
5404 number of queued connections as the measured value. This is a fair estimate,
5405 as we expect one server to get back soon anyway, but we still prefer to send
5406 new traffic to another backend if in better shape. See also the "queue",
5407 "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5408
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005409fe_sess_rate <integer>
5410fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
5411 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
5412 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
5413 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
5414 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
5415 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
5416 the rate to go down below the limit.
5417
5418 Example :
5419 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
5420 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
5421 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
5422 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
5423 frontend mail
5424 bind :25
5425 mode tcp
5426 maxconn 100
5427 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
5428 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
5429 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
5430 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005431
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005432be_sess_rate <integer>
5433be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
5434 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
5435 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
5436 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005437 reaches too high a session rate, or to limit abuse of service (eg. prevent
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005438 sucking of an online dictionary).
5439
5440 Example :
5441 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
5442 backend dynamic
5443 mode http
5444 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
5445 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
5446
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005447
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054487.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
5449-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005450
5451A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
5452during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
5453through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
5454for more detailed information on the subject.
5455
5456req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005457 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005458 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
5459 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
5460 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
5461 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
5462 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
5463 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
5464
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005465req_proto_http
5466 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
5467 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005468 is used so there should be no surprises. This test can be used for instance
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005469 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
5470 using TCP request content inspection rules.
5471
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005472req_rdp_cookie <string>
5473req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
5474 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
5475 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
5476 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
5477 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
5478 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
5479 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
5480 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
5481 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
5482
5483req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
5484req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
5485 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
5486 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
5487 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
5488 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
5489 cookies.
5490
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005491req_ssl_ver <decimal>
5492 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
5493 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
5494 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5495 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5496 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5497 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5498 with TCP request content inspection.
5499
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005500wait_end
5501 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5502 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5503 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5504 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5505 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5506 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5507 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5508 inspection.
5509
5510 Examples :
5511 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5512 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5513 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5514
5515 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5516 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5517 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5518 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5519 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5520 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5521 tcp-request content reject
5522
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005523
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055247.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5525--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005526
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005527A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005528application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5529read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5530than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5531
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005532method <string>
5533 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5534 already check for most common methods.
5535
5536req_ver <string>
5537 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5538 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5539
5540path <string>
5541 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5542 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5543 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5544
5545path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005546 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5547 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005548
5549path_end <string>
5550 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5551 control file name extension.
5552
5553path_sub <string>
5554 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5555 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5556 "path_dir".
5557
5558path_dir <string>
5559 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5560 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5561 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5562 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5563
5564path_dom <string>
5565 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5566 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5567 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5568
5569path_reg <regex>
5570 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5571 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5572 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5573
5574url <string>
5575 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5576 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5577
5578url_beg <string>
5579 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5580 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5581
5582url_end <string>
5583 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5584 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5585
5586url_sub <string>
5587 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5588 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5589
5590url_dir <string>
5591 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5592 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5593 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5594 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5595
5596url_dom <string>
5597 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5598 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5599 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5600
5601url_reg <regex>
5602 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5603 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5604 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5605
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005606url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005607 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5608 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005609 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005610
5611url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005612 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5613 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005614 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005615 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005616
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005617hdr <string>
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005618hdr(header) <string>
5619 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5620 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005621 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5622 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005623
5624 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005625 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005626 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5627
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005628 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005629
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005630hdr_beg <string>
5631hdr_beg(header) <string>
5632 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5633 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005634
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005635hdr_end <string>
5636hdr_end(header) <string>
5637 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5638 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005639
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005640hdr_sub <string>
5641hdr_sub(header) <string>
5642 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5643 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005644
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005645hdr_dir <string>
5646hdr_dir(header) <string>
5647 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5648 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5649 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5650 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005651
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005652hdr_dom <string>
5653hdr_dom(header) <string>
5654 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5655 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5656 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5657 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005658
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005659hdr_reg <regex>
5660hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5661 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5662 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5663 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5664 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005665
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005666hdr_val <integer>
5667hdr_val(header) <integer>
5668 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5669 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5670 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5671 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005672
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005673hdr_cnt <integer>
5674hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5675 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5676 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5677 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5678 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005679 request smuggling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005680 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005681
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02005682hdr_ip <ip_address>
5683hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
5684 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
5685 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
5686 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
5687
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005688
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056897.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5690---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005691
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005692Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5693every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5694order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5695only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005696
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005697ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5698---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5699TRUE always_true always match
5700FALSE always_false never match
5701LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005702HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005703HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5704HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5705METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5706METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5707METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5708METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5709METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5710METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5711HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005712HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL beginning with "/"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005713HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5714HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005715RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005716REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5717WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5718---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005719
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005720
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057217.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5722----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005723
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005724Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5725combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005726
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005727 - AND (implicit)
5728 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5729 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005730
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005731A condition is formed as a disjunctive form:
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005732
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005733 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005734
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005735Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5736indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005737
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005738For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5739"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5740requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5741is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005742
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005743 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5744 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5745 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5746 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005747
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005748To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5749and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005750
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005751 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5752 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5753 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5754 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005755
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005756 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5757 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5758 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5759 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005760
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005761See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005762
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005763
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057648. Logging
5765----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005766
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005767One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5768provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5769very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5770provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5771state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005772to direct traffic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005773headers.
5774
5775In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5776about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5777send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5778
5779 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5780 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5781 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5782 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5783 at the termination.
5784
5785The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5786allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5787as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5788while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5789real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5790delay.
5791
5792
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057938.1. Log levels
5794---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005795
5796TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5797source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5798HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5799in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5800particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005801syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005802facilities.
5803
5804
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058058.2. Log formats
5806----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005807
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005808HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005809and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5810the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5811formats are the following ones :
5812
5813 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5814 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5815 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5816 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5817 extents.
5818
5819 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5820 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5821 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5822 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5823 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5824
5825 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5826 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5827 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5828 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5829 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5830
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005831 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
5832 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
5833 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
5834 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
5835
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005836Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5837specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5838field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5839servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5840always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5841identifier.
5842
5843Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5844 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5845 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5846 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5847 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5848
5849
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058508.2.1. Default log format
5851-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005852
5853This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5854as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5855format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5856
5857 Example :
5858 listen www
5859 mode http
5860 log global
5861 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5862
5863 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5864 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5865 (www/HTTP)
5866
5867 Field Format Extract from the example above
5868 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5869 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5870 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5871 4 'to' to
5872 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5873 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5874
5875Detailed fields description :
5876 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5877 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5878 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5879 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5880 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5881 and processed the connection.
5882 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5883
5884It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5885will eventually disappear.
5886
5887
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058888.2.2. TCP log format
5889---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005890
5891The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5892is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5893information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5894counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5895emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5896environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5897the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5898sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005899specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5900not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5901fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5902marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005903
5904 Example :
5905 frontend fnt
5906 mode tcp
5907 option tcplog
5908 log global
5909 default_backend bck
5910
5911 backend bck
5912 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5913
5914 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5915 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5916 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5917
5918 Field Format Extract from the example above
5919 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5920 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5921 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5922 4 frontend_name fnt
5923 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5924 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5925 7 bytes_read* 212
5926 8 termination_state --
5927 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5928 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5929
5930Detailed fields description :
5931 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5932 connection to haproxy.
5933
5934 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5935
5936 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5937 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5938 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5939 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5940
5941 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5942 and processed the connection.
5943
5944 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5945 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5946 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5947 applications.
5948
5949 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5950 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5951 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5952 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5953 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5954
5955 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5956 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5957 See "Timers" below for more details.
5958
5959 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5960 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5961 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5962 "Timers" below for more details.
5963
5964 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5965 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5966 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5967 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5968 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5969 details.
5970
5971 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5972 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5973 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5974 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5975 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5976
5977 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5978 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5979 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5980 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5981 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5982 for more details.
5983
5984 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5985 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5986 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5987 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5988 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005989 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005990
5991 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5992 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5993 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5994 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5995 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5996 caused by a denial of service attack.
5997
5998 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5999 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
6000 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
6001 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
6002 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
6003 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
6004 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
6005 denial of service attack.
6006
6007 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
6008 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
6009 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
6010 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
6011 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
6012 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
6013 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
6014 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
6015 be processed than on other servers.
6016
6017 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
6018 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
6019 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
6020 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
6021 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
6022 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
6023 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
6024 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
6025 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
6026 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
6027 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
6028 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
6029 should not be attributed to the logged server.
6030
6031 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6032 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
6033 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
6034 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6035 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6036 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6037 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6038 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6039
6040 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6041 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6042 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6043 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6044 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6045 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6046 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6047 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6048 occurs.
6049
6050
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060518.2.3. HTTP log format
6052----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006053
6054The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
6055is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
6056the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
6057are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
6058emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
6059generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
6060"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
6061which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006062frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
6063is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006064
6065Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
6066slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
6067with a star ('*') after the field name below.
6068
6069 Example :
6070 frontend http-in
6071 mode http
6072 option httplog
6073 log global
6074 default_backend bck
6075
6076 backend static
6077 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
6078
6079 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
6080 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
6081 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006082 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006083
6084 Field Format Extract from the example above
6085 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
6086 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
6087 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
6088 4 frontend_name http-in
6089 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
6090 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
6091 7 status_code 200
6092 8 bytes_read* 2750
6093 9 captured_request_cookie -
6094 10 captured_response_cookie -
6095 11 termination_state ----
6096 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
6097 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
6098 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
6099 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
6100 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006101
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006102
6103Detailed fields description :
6104 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
6105 connection to haproxy.
6106
6107 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
6108
6109 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
6110 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
6111 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
6112 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
6113 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
6114
6115 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
6116 and processed the connection.
6117
6118 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
6119 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
6120 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
6121
6122 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
6123 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
6124 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
6125 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
6126 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
6127 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
6128
6129 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
6130 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
6131 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
6132 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
6133 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
6134 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
6135
6136 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
6137 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
6138 See "Timers" below for more details.
6139
6140 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
6141 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
6142 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
6143 below for more details.
6144
6145 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
6146 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
6147 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
6148 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
6149 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
6150 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
6151 for more details.
6152
6153 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
6154 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
6155 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
6156 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
6157 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
6158 details.
6159
6160 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
6161 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
6162 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
6163
6164 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
6165 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
6166 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
6167 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
6168 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
6169 overflowing.
6170
6171 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
6172 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
6173 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
6174 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
6175 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
6176 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
6177 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
6178 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6179
6180 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
6181 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
6182 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
6183 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
6184 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
6185 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
6186 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
6187 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6188
6189 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
6190 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
6191 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
6192 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
6193 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
6194 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
6195 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
6196
6197 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
6198 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
6199 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
6200 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
6201 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006202 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006203 system.
6204
6205 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
6206 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
6207 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
6208 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
6209 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
6210 caused by a denial of service attack.
6211
6212 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
6213 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
6214 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
6215 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
6216 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
6217 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
6218 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
6219 denial of service attack.
6220
6221 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
6222 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
6223 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
6224 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
6225 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
6226 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
6227 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
6228 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
6229 processed than on other servers.
6230
6231 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
6232 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
6233 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
6234 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
6235 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
6236 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
6237 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
6238 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
6239 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
6240 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
6241 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
6242 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
6243 should not be attributed to the logged server.
6244
6245 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6246 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
6247 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
6248 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6249 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6250 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6251 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6252 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6253
6254 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6255 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6256 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6257 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6258 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6259 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6260 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6261 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6262 occurs.
6263
6264 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
6265 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
6266 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
6267 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
6268 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
6269 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
6270 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
6271 cookies" below for more details.
6272
6273 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
6274 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
6275 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
6276 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
6277 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
6278 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
6279 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
6280 and cookies" below for more details.
6281
6282 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
6283 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
6284 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
6285 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
6286 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
6287 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
6288 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
6289 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
6290
6291
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062928.3. Advanced logging options
6293-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006294
6295Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
6296just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
6297options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
6298for more information about their usage.
6299
6300
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063018.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
6302------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006303
6304It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
6305haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
6306commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
6307monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
6308ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
6309
6310 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
6311 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
6312 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
6313 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
6314
6315 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
6316 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
6317 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
6318 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
6319 such as other load-balancers.
6320
6321 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
6322 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
6323 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
6324
6325
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063268.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
6327----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006328
6329The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
6330what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
6331or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
6332"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
6333just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
6334log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
6335after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
6336is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
6337with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
6338with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
6339
6340
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063418.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
6342------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006343
6344Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
6345for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
6346"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
6347retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
6348raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
6349a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
6350file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
6351you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
6352"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
6353
6354
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063558.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
6356--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006357
6358Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
6359multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
6360them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
6361"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
6362logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
6363error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
6364and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
6365too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
6366useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
6367alternative.
6368
6369
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063708.4. Timing events
6371------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006372
6373Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
6374reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
6375the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
6376frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
6377mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
6378
6379 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
6380 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
6381 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
6382 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
6383 the client closes prematurely or times out.
6384
6385 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
6386 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
6387 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
6388 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
6389 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
6390
6391 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
6392 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
6393 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
6394 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
6395 connection never established.
6396
6397 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
6398 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
6399 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
6400 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
6401 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
6402 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
6403 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
6404 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
6405 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
6406 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
6407 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
6408
6409 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
6410 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
6411 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
6412 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
6413 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
6414
6415 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
6416
6417 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
6418 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
6419 negative.
6420
6421These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
6422protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
6423that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006424due to network problems (wires, negotiation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006425close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
6426session has been aborted on timeout.
6427
6428Most common cases :
6429
6430 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6431 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
6432 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
6433 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
6434 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
6435 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
6436 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
6437 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
6438 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
6439 connections have been accepted at once.
6440
6441 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6442 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
6443 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
6444 of ms on remote networks.
6445
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006446 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
6447 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
6448 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006449
6450 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
6451 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
6452 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
6453 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
6454 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
6455 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
6456 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
6457 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
6458 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
6459 to the server until another one is released.
6460
6461Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
6462
6463 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
6464 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
6465 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
6466
6467 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
6468 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
6469 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
6470
6471 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
6472 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
6473 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
6474 flags.
6475
6476 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
6477 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
6478 Check the session termination flags, then check the
6479 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
6480 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
6481 the client connection was maintained open.
6482
6483 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
6484 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
6485 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
6486 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
6487
6488
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064898.5. Session state at disconnection
6490-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006491
6492TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
6493"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
64942-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6495each of which has a special meaning :
6496
6497 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6498 session to terminate :
6499
6500 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6501
6502 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6503 server explicitly refused it.
6504
6505 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6506 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6507 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6508 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6509 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6510 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6511
6512 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6513 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6514 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6515 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6516 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6517
6518 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6519 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6520 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6521 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6522 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6523
6524 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6525 send or receive data.
6526
6527 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6528 send or receive data.
6529
6530 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6531 with nothing left in the buffers.
6532
6533 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6534
6535 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6536 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6537
6538 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6539 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6540 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6541 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6542 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6543
6544 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6545 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6546
6547 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6548 server (HTTP only).
6549
6550 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6551
6552 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6553 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6554 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6555
6556 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
6557 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
6558 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
6559
6560 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
6561
6562 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
6563 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
6564
6565 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6566 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6567 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6568
6569 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6570 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6571 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6572
6573 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6574 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6575 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6576 another server.
6577
6578 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6579 server.
6580
6581 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6582
6583 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6584 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6585
6586 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6587
6588 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6589 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6590 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6591
6592 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6593
6594 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6595 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6596
6597 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6598
6599 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6600
6601The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6602happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6603helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6604starvation, attacks, etc...
6605
6606The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6607alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6608easier finding and understanding.
6609
6610 Flags Reason
6611
6612 -- Normal termination.
6613
6614 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6615 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6616 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6617 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6618
6619 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6620 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6621 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6622 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6623 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6624 by the client.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006625
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006626 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6627 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6628 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6629
6630 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6631 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6632 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6633
6634 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6635 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6636 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6637 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6638 the server takes too long to respond.
6639
6640 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6641 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6642 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6643 long a time to respond.
6644
6645 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6646 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6647 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6648 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6649 and the client.
6650
6651 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6652 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6653 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6654 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6655 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6656 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6657
6658 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6659 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006660 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6661 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6662 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6663 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006664
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006665 SC The server or an equipment between it and haproxy explicitly refused
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006666 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6667 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6668 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6669 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6670 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6671
6672 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6673 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6674 503 or 504 here.
6675
6676 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6677 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6678 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6679 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6680 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6681
6682 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6683 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006684 by too short timeouts on L4 equipments before the server (firewalls,
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006685 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6686 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6687
6688 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6689 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6690 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6691 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6692 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6693 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6694 between haproxy and the server.
6695
6696 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6697 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6698 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6699 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6700 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6701 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6702 solution is to fix the application.
6703
6704 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6705 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6706 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6707 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6708 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6709 external attacks.
6710
6711 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6712 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6713 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6714 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6715 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6716
6717 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6718 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6719 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6720 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6721 containing unauthorized characters.
6722
6723 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6724 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6725 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6726 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6727
6728 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6729 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6730 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6731 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6732
6733 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6734 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6735 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6736 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6737
6738
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067398.6. Non-printable characters
6740-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006741
6742In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6743consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6744converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6745prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6746being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6747escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6748is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6749'}' when logging headers.
6750
6751Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6752issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6753containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6754
6755Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6756the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6757performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6758
6759
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067608.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6761---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006762
6763Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6764achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006765section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006766cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6767the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6768the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006769locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006770not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6771user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6772a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6773wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6774
6775 Examples :
6776 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6777 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6778
6779 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6780 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6781
6782
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067838.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6784---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006785
6786Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6787proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6788the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6789server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6790
6791Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6792response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006793section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006794
6795It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006796time. Non-existent headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6797appears more than once, only its last occurrence will be logged. Request headers
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006798are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6799and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6800follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6801request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6802in the logs.
6803
6804 Example :
6805 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6806 listen proxy-out
6807 mode http
6808 option httplog
6809 option logasap
6810 log global
6811 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6812
6813 # log the name of the virtual server
6814 capture request header Host len 20
6815
6816 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6817 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6818
6819 # log the beginning of the referrer
6820 capture request header Referer len 20
6821
6822 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6823 capture response header Server len 20
6824
6825 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6826 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6827
6828 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6829 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6830
6831 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6832 capture response header Via len 20
6833
6834 # log the URL location during a redirection
6835 capture response header Location len 20
6836
6837 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6838 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6839 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6840 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6841 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6842
6843 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6844 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6845 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6846 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006847 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006848
6849 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6850 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6851 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6852 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6853 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006854 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006855
6856
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020068578.9. Examples of logs
6858---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006859
6860These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6861them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6862reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6863
6864 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6865 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6866 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6867
6868 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6869 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6870
6871 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6872 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6873 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6874
6875 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6876 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6877
6878 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6879 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6880 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6881
6882 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006883 the log was produced just before transferring data. The server replied in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006884 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6885 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6886
6887 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6888 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6889 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6890
6891 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6892 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6893 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6894 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6895 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6896 to return the 502 and not the server.
6897
6898 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006899 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006900
6901 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6902 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6903 Nothing was sent to any server.
6904
6905 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6906 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6907
6908 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6909 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6910 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6911 send a 408 return code to the client.
6912
6913 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6914 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6915
6916 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6917 5 seconds ("c----").
6918
6919 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6920 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006921 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006922
6923 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006924 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006925 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6926 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6927 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6928 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6929 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006930
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006931
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020069329. Statistics and monitoring
6933----------------------------
6934
6935It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6936mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6937CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6938Unix socket.
6939
6940
69419.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006942---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006943
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006944The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6945page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6946
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006947 0. pxname: proxy name
6948 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6949 for server)
6950 2. qcur: current queued requests
6951 3. qmax: max queued requests
6952 4. scur: current sessions
6953 5. smax: max sessions
6954 6. slim: sessions limit
6955 7. stot: total sessions
6956 8. bin: bytes in
6957 9. bout: bytes out
6958 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006959 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006960 12. ereq: request errors
6961 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006962 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006963 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6964 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6965 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6966 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6967 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6968 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6969 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6970 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6971 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6972 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6973 25. qlimit: queue limit
6974 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6975 27. iid: unique proxy id
6976 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6977 29. throttle: warm up status
6978 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6979 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02006980 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server, 3=socket)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02006981 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
6982 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
6983 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02006984 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
6985 UNK -> unknown
6986 INI -> initializing
6987 SOCKERR -> socket error
6988 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
6989 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
6990 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
6991 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
6992 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
6993 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006994 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02006995 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
6996 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
6997 disable-on-404
6998 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006999 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02007000 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
7001 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
7002 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007003 39. hrsp_1xx: http responses with 1xx code
7004 40. hrsp_2xx: http responses with 2xx code
7005 41. hrsp_3xx: http responses with 3xx code
7006 42. hrsp_4xx: http responses with 4xx code
7007 43. hrsp_5xx: http responses with 5xx code
7008 44. hrsp_other: http responses with other codes (protocol error)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01007009
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007010
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020070119.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007012-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007013
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007014The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007015must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
7016is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
7017a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
7018risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
7019followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
7020given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
7021then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
7022to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007023
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007024It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
7025on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
7026own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007027
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007028help
7029 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
7030 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007031
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007032prompt
7033 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
7034 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
7035 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
7036 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
7037 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
7038 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
7039 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
7040 command.
7041
7042quit
7043 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007044
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007045show errors [<iid>]
7046 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
7047 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007048 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. This command is restricted
7049 and can only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or
7050 "admin".
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007051
7052 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
7053 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
7054 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
7055 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
7056 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
7057 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
7058 are reported too.
7059
7060 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
7061 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
7062 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
7063 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
7064 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
7065 code.
7066
7067 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
7068 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
7069 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
7070 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
7071 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
7072 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
7073 line.
7074
7075 Example :
7076 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
7077 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
7078 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
7079 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
7080
7081 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
7082 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
7083 00038 Location: blah\r\n
7084 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
7085 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
7086 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
7087 00204+ minal\r\n
7088 00211 \r\n
7089
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007090 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007091 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
7092 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
7093 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
7094 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
7095 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
7096 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007097
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007098show info
7099 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
7100
7101show sess
7102 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007103 be huge. This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets
7104 configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
7105
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007106
7107show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
7108 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
7109 possible to dump only selected items :
7110 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
7111 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
7112 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
7113 for example:
7114 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
7115 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
7116 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
7117
7118 Example :
7119 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
7120 Name: HAProxy
7121 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
7122 Release_date: 2009/09/23
7123 Nbproc: 1
7124 Process_num: 1
7125 (...)
7126
7127 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
7128 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
7129 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
7130 (...)
7131 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
7132
7133 $
7134
7135 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
7136 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
7137 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
7138 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007139 the reader knows the output has not been truncated.
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007140
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007141clear counters
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02007142 Clear the max values of the statistics counters in each proxy (frontend &
7143 backend) and in each server. The cumulated counters are not affected. This
7144 can be used to get clean counters after an incident, without having to
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007145 restart nor to clear traffic counters. This command is restricted and can
7146 only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02007147
7148clear counters all
7149 Clear all statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & backend) and in each
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007150 server. This has the same effect as restarting. This command is restricted
7151 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin".
7152
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02007153get weight <backend>/<server>
7154 Report the current weight and the initial weight of server <server> in
7155 backend <backend> or an error if either doesn't exist. The initial weight is
7156 the one that appears in the configuration file. Both are normally equal
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007157 unless the current weight has been changed. Both the backend and the server
7158 may be specified either by their name or by their numeric ID, prefixed with a
7159 dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02007160
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007161set weight <backend>/<server> <weight>[%]
7162 Change a server's weight to the value passed in argument. If the value ends
7163 with the '%' sign, then the new weight will be relative to the initially
7164 configured weight. Relative weights are only permitted between 0 and 100%,
7165 and absolute weights are permitted between 0 and 256. Servers which are part
7166 of a farm running a static load-balancing algorithm have stricter limitations
7167 because the weight cannot change once set. Thus for these servers, the only
7168 accepted values are 0 and 100% (or 0 and the initial weight). Changes take
7169 effect immediately, though certain LB algorithms require a certain amount of
7170 requests to consider changes. A typical usage of this command is to disable
7171 a server during an update by setting its weight to zero, then to enable it
7172 again after the update by setting it back to 100%. This command is restricted
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007173 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin". Both the
7174 backend and the server may be specified either by their name or by their
7175 numeric ID, prefixed with a dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007176
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007177
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01007178/*
7179 * Local variables:
7180 * fill-column: 79
7181 * End:
7182 */